1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
49 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
53 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
54 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
55 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
63 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
64 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
66 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
73 class ASTMutationListener;
83 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
84 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
85 class CXXConstructorDecl;
86 class CXXConversionDecl;
88 class CXXDestructorDecl;
89 class CXXFieldCollector;
90 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
96 class ClassTemplateDecl;
97 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
98 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
99 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
100 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
101 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
102 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
103 class CodeCompletionResult;
105 class DeclAccessPair;
108 class DeclaratorDecl;
109 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
110 class DependentDiagnostic;
111 class DesignatedInitExpr;
114 class EnumConstantDecl;
120 class FunctionProtoType;
121 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
122 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
123 typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
125 class InitializationKind;
126 class InitializationSequence;
127 class InitializedEntity;
128 class IntegerLiteral;
132 class LocalInstantiationScope;
135 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
137 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
139 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
140 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
141 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
142 class ObjCContainerDecl;
144 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
145 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
147 template <class T> class ObjCList;
148 class ObjCMessageExpr;
149 class ObjCMethodDecl;
150 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
151 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
152 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
153 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
154 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
156 struct OverloadCandidate;
157 class OverloadCandidateSet;
162 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
163 class PseudoObjectExpr;
165 class StandardConversionSequence;
169 class TemplateArgument;
170 class TemplateArgumentList;
171 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
173 class TemplateParameterList;
174 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
175 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
179 class TypedefNameDecl;
181 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
183 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
184 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
185 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
186 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
188 class UsingShadowDecl;
191 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
192 class VisibilityAttr;
193 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
194 class IndirectFieldDecl;
195 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
196 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
199 class AccessedEntity;
200 class BlockScopeInfo;
201 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
202 class CapturingScopeInfo;
203 class CompoundScopeInfo;
204 class DelayedDiagnostic;
205 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
206 class FunctionScopeInfo;
207 class LambdaScopeInfo;
208 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
209 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
212 namespace threadSafety {
214 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
217 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
218 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
219 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
220 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
222 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
224 struct FileNullability {
225 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
226 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
227 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
229 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
232 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
233 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
236 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
237 /// information in that file.
238 class FileNullabilityMap {
239 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
240 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
242 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
245 FileNullability Nullability;
249 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
250 // Check the single-element cache.
251 if (file == Cache.File)
252 return Cache.Nullability;
254 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
255 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
256 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
259 // Pull this entry into the cache.
261 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
262 return Cache.Nullability;
266 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
268 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
269 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
271 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
272 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
274 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
275 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
277 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
279 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
281 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
282 const NamedDecl *New) {
283 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
284 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
285 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
286 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
287 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
288 // with internal linkage.
289 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
291 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
294 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
295 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
296 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
298 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
299 FPOptions FPFeatures;
301 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
304 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
305 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
306 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
308 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
311 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
312 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
314 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
315 DeclContext *CurContext;
317 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
318 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
319 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
321 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
322 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
323 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
325 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
327 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
328 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
329 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
331 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
332 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
334 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
335 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
337 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
338 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
339 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
340 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
341 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
342 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
343 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
344 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
347 template<typename ValueType>
350 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
352 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
353 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
355 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
356 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
357 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
359 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
360 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
361 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
364 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
365 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
368 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
370 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
373 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
374 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
377 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
378 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
379 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
380 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
381 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
385 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
386 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
388 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
389 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
390 ValueType CurrentValue;
391 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
393 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
394 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
396 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
397 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
399 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
400 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
402 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
404 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
406 // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
407 static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
408 PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
410 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
411 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
412 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
413 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
415 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
416 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
417 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
419 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
420 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
428 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
429 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
431 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
432 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
433 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
435 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
436 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
438 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
439 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
440 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
441 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
443 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
445 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
446 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
447 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
449 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
452 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
453 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
454 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
455 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
457 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
458 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
459 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
460 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
461 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
463 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
465 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
466 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
468 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
469 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
470 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
471 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
473 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
474 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
477 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
478 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
479 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
480 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
482 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
483 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
485 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
487 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
488 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
490 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
491 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
492 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
494 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
496 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
497 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
498 /// used in initializer of the field.
499 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
500 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
501 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
503 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
505 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
506 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
507 /// same list more than once.
508 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
510 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
511 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
512 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
514 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
515 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
517 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
518 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
519 TentativeDefinitionsType;
521 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
522 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
524 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
525 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
526 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
528 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
529 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
530 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
532 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
533 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
534 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
536 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
537 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
538 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
540 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
541 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
543 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
544 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
546 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
547 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
548 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
549 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
550 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
551 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
552 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
553 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
554 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
556 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
557 std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
558 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
559 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
561 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
562 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
563 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
564 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
565 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
568 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
569 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
571 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
572 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
576 class DelayedDiagnostics;
578 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
579 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
580 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
582 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
583 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
585 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
586 /// during parsing and other processing.
587 class DelayedDiagnostics {
588 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
589 /// diagnostics should go.
590 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
593 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
595 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
596 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
598 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
599 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
601 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
602 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
606 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
607 /// collected in this pool.
608 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
609 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
610 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
615 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
616 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
617 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
618 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
619 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
622 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
624 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
625 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
626 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
631 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
632 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
633 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
634 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
636 } DelayedDiagnostics;
638 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
642 DeclContext *SavedContext;
643 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
644 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
647 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
648 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
649 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
650 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
652 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
653 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
655 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
659 if (!SavedContext) return;
660 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
661 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
662 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
663 SavedContext = nullptr;
671 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
673 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
675 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
678 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
679 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
681 S.PushFunctionScope();
682 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
685 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
686 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
687 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
691 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
692 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
693 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
694 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
696 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
697 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
698 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
699 /// in the currently selected standard.
700 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
703 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
704 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
706 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
707 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
708 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
709 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
710 /// It would be best to refactor this.
711 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
713 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
715 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
716 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
717 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
720 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
721 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
723 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
724 /// standard library.
725 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
727 /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
728 /// standard library.
729 LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
731 /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
732 /// of the standard library resides.
733 NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
735 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
736 /// \<initializer_list>.
737 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
739 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
740 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
742 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
743 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
745 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
746 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
748 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
749 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
751 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
752 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
754 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
755 QualType NSNumberPointer;
757 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
758 QualType NSValuePointer;
760 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
761 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
763 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
766 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
767 QualType NSStringPointer;
769 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
770 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
772 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
773 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
775 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
776 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
778 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
779 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
781 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
782 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
784 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
785 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
787 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
788 QualType QIDNSCopying;
790 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
791 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
793 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
794 /// have been declared.
795 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
797 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
798 /// references to fields. This is really a
799 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
801 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
802 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
803 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
804 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
805 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
806 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
807 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
811 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
812 /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
813 /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
814 /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
817 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
818 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
819 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
822 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
823 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
824 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
827 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
828 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
829 /// cases in a switch statement).
832 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
833 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
834 /// expression at run time.
835 PotentiallyEvaluated,
837 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
838 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
839 /// in fact the current expression is used.
841 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
842 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
843 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
844 /// until the default argument is used.
845 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
848 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
849 /// expression evaluation contexts.
850 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
851 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
852 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
854 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
855 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
857 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
860 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
861 /// this expression evaluation context.
862 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
864 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
865 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
868 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
870 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
871 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
872 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
874 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
875 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
876 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
877 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
879 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
880 /// and block literals within this context.
882 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
883 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
884 std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
886 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
887 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
888 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
890 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
891 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
892 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
894 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
895 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
896 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
897 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
899 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
900 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
902 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
904 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
905 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
906 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
908 bool isUnevaluated() const {
909 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract ||
910 Context == UnevaluatedList;
914 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
915 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
917 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
920 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
922 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
923 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
924 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
925 const DeclContext *DC,
926 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
929 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
932 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
933 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
934 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
943 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
946 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
947 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
950 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
951 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
953 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
954 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
957 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
959 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
961 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
963 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
965 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
967 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
968 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
969 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
970 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
972 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
974 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
976 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
977 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
979 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
980 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
982 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
983 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
985 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
986 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
987 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
988 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
989 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
991 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
992 // argument locations.
993 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
995 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
996 /// definition in this translation unit.
997 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
999 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1000 void getUndefinedButUsed(
1001 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1003 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1004 /// the end of translation unit.
1005 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1006 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1008 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1009 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1011 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1012 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1013 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1014 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1015 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1016 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1017 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1019 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1021 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1023 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1024 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1025 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1034 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
1036 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1037 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1038 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1039 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1041 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1042 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1044 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1045 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1046 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1048 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1049 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1050 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1051 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1053 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1055 class FPContractStateRAII {
1057 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
1058 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
1059 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
1060 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
1064 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
1067 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1070 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1071 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1072 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1075 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1076 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1079 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1080 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1081 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1083 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1084 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1085 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1086 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1087 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1088 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1089 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1091 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1092 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1094 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1096 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1098 void PrintStats() const;
1100 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1101 /// template instantiation stacks.
1103 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1104 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1105 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1106 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1107 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1109 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1114 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1115 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1117 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1118 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1119 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1120 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1121 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1122 // in that case anwyay.
1123 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1125 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1126 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1127 if (!isActive()) return;
1129 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1130 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1131 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1133 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1134 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1135 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1136 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1137 // eliminate that code.
1141 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1142 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1145 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1146 template<typename T>
1147 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1148 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1149 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1155 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1156 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1157 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1158 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1161 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1162 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1164 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1165 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1167 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1169 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1171 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1172 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1174 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1175 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1177 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1178 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1180 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1182 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1184 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1186 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1188 void PushFunctionScope();
1189 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1190 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1192 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1193 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1194 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1195 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1197 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1199 CapturedRegionKind K);
1201 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1202 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1203 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1205 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1206 return FunctionScopes.back();
1209 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1210 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1213 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1214 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1216 return FunctionScopes[e];
1221 template <typename ExprT>
1222 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1223 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1224 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1227 void PushCompoundScope();
1228 void PopCompoundScope();
1230 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1232 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1234 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1235 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1237 /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1238 /// \param IgnoreCapturedRegions true if should find the top-most lambda scope
1239 /// info ignoring all inner captured regions scope infos.
1240 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(bool IgnoreCapturedRegions = false);
1242 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1243 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1245 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1246 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1248 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1249 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1251 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1253 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1254 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1257 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1258 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1259 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1260 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1261 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1262 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1263 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1264 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1265 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1266 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1267 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1268 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1269 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1271 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1273 /// \brief Build a function type.
1275 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1276 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1277 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1278 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1279 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1281 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1283 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1284 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1285 /// function parameters.
1287 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1288 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1289 /// type that will have function type.
1291 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1294 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1295 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1297 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1298 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1299 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1300 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1301 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1302 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1303 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1305 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1307 DeclarationName Entity);
1308 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1309 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1310 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1311 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1312 QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
1313 SourceLocation Loc);
1314 QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
1315 SourceLocation Loc);
1317 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1318 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1319 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1320 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1322 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1323 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1324 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1325 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1326 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1327 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1328 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1329 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1330 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1331 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1332 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1333 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1334 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1335 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1336 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1337 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1338 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1339 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1340 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1341 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1342 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1343 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
1344 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1345 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1346 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
1347 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1348 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
1349 SourceLocation SubLoc);
1350 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1351 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1352 const FunctionProtoType *Target,
1353 SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1354 const FunctionProtoType *Source,
1355 SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1357 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1359 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1360 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1361 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1363 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1364 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1367 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1368 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1371 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1372 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1373 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1374 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1375 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1376 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1377 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1380 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1381 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1382 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1383 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1384 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1385 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1387 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1389 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1391 template <std::size_t... Is>
1392 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1393 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1394 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1395 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1400 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1401 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1402 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1405 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1406 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1407 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1413 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1414 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1416 struct ModuleScope {
1417 clang::Module *Module;
1418 VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
1420 /// The modules we're currently parsing.
1421 llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
1423 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1425 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1428 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1429 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1431 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1432 /// visible at the specified location.
1433 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1435 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1437 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1438 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1439 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1442 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1444 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1445 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1446 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1448 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1449 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1451 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1453 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1454 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1455 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1456 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1457 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1459 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1462 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1464 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1465 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1467 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1468 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1469 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1470 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1472 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1473 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1474 /// an extension warning.
1475 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1476 const NamedDecl *B);
1477 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1478 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1479 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1481 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1482 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1484 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1485 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1486 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1489 template <typename... Ts>
1490 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1491 const Ts &...Args) {
1492 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1493 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1496 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1497 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1498 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1500 template <typename... Ts>
1501 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1502 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1503 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1506 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1507 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1508 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1510 template <typename... Ts>
1511 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1512 const Ts &...Args) {
1513 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1514 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1517 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1518 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1520 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1521 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1522 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1523 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1524 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1525 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1526 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1527 SourceLocation Loc);
1529 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1530 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1533 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1534 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1536 NamedDecl *Previous;
1539 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1541 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1543 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1545 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1546 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1547 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1548 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1549 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1550 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1551 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1552 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1553 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1554 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1555 SourceLocation IILoc,
1558 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1559 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1561 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1562 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1563 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1564 /// scope during instantiation.
1565 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1566 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1567 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1569 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1570 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1571 enum NameClassificationKind {
1577 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1583 class NameClassification {
1584 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1586 TemplateName Template;
1588 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1590 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1593 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1595 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1597 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1598 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1600 static NameClassification Error() {
1601 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1604 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1605 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1608 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1609 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1612 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1613 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1614 Result.Template = Name;
1618 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1619 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1620 Result.Template = Name;
1624 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1625 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1626 Result.Template = Name;
1630 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1632 ParsedType getType() const {
1633 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1637 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1638 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1642 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1643 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1644 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1648 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1650 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1651 return TNK_Type_template;
1652 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1653 return TNK_Function_template;
1654 case NC_VarTemplate:
1655 return TNK_Var_template;
1657 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1662 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1663 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1665 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1666 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1667 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1669 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1671 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1673 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1674 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1676 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1678 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1679 /// disambiguate the name.
1681 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1682 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1685 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1687 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1688 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1689 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1690 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1692 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1694 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1695 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1696 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1697 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1698 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1699 DeclarationName Name,
1700 SourceLocation Loc);
1702 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1703 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1704 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1705 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1706 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1707 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1708 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1710 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1711 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1712 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
1713 void CheckShadow(VarDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, const LookupResult &R);
1714 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1716 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1717 /// to a shadowing declaration.
1718 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1720 void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
1723 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1724 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1725 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1728 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1729 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1730 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1731 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1732 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1733 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1734 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1735 LookupResult &Previous);
1736 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1737 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1738 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1739 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1740 LookupResult &Previous,
1741 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1743 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
1745 ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1746 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1747 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1748 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1749 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1750 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
1751 void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
1752 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1754 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1755 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1756 LookupResult &Previous,
1757 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1759 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1761 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1762 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1764 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1765 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1766 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1767 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1768 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1769 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1770 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1771 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1772 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1773 bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
1774 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1775 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1776 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1777 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1780 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1781 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1782 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1784 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1785 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1787 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1788 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1789 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1790 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1791 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1792 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1794 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
1795 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
1796 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1797 bool canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType);
1799 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1800 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1801 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1802 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1803 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1804 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1805 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1806 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1807 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1808 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1809 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1810 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1812 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1813 /// documentation comments.
1814 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1815 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1817 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1818 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1819 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1820 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1821 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1822 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1823 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1824 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1825 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1826 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1827 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1828 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1829 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1832 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1833 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1834 /// code for that function.
1836 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1837 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1838 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1839 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1840 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1842 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1843 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1844 /// code for that function.
1846 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1847 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1848 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1849 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1851 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1852 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1853 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1854 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1855 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
1857 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1858 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1859 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1861 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1862 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1863 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
1865 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1866 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1867 /// specified threshold.
1869 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
1870 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
1872 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1873 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1874 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1875 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1877 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1878 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1879 AttributeList *AttrList,
1880 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1882 enum class ModuleDeclKind {
1883 Module, ///< 'module X;'
1884 Partition, ///< 'module partition X;'
1885 Implementation, ///< 'module implementation X;'
1888 /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
1889 /// of a module interface or implementation.
1890 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
1893 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1895 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1897 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1899 /// \param Path The module access path.
1900 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1903 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1904 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1905 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1906 void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1908 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1909 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1910 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1911 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1913 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1914 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1916 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1917 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1918 /// has forgotten to import.
1919 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1922 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1923 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1924 enum class MissingImportKind {
1928 ExplicitSpecialization,
1929 PartialSpecialization
1932 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1933 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1934 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1935 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
1936 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1937 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1938 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1940 Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
1941 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1942 Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
1943 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1945 /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
1946 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
1947 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
1948 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
1950 /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
1951 /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
1952 /// and diagnose if not.
1953 void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
1956 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1957 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1958 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1961 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1962 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1963 const Preprocessor &PP);
1966 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1967 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1969 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
1970 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
1971 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
1972 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1973 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
1974 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
1976 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1979 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1981 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1982 RecordDecl *Record);
1984 /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
1985 /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
1994 NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
1995 NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
1998 /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
1999 /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2000 NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
2002 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2003 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2004 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2005 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2008 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
2009 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
2010 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2011 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
2014 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2015 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2016 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2017 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
2018 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2019 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
2020 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
2021 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2022 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2023 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2025 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2026 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2028 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2029 AttributeList *Attr,
2030 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2032 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2035 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2036 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2037 SourceLocation TagLoc,
2038 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2040 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2041 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2042 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
2043 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2044 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
2046 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2047 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2048 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2049 AccessSpecifier AS);
2050 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
2051 SourceLocation DeclStart,
2052 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2053 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2055 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
2057 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
2058 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2059 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2060 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2061 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2062 SourceLocation TSSL,
2063 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2064 Declarator *D = nullptr);
2066 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2067 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2068 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2069 bool Diagnose = false);
2070 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2071 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2072 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2073 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2074 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2075 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2077 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2078 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2079 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
2080 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
2081 AttributeList *AttrList);
2083 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2084 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2085 /// struct, or union).
2086 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2088 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2090 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2091 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2093 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2095 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2096 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2097 /// member declarations.
2098 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2099 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2100 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2101 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2103 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2104 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2105 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2106 SourceRange BraceRange);
2108 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2110 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2112 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2113 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2115 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2116 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2117 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2119 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2120 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2121 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2123 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2124 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2125 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2128 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2129 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2130 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2131 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2132 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2134 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2135 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2136 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2137 SourceLocation IILoc);
2139 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2140 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2141 AttributeList *Attrs,
2142 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2143 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2145 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2146 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2148 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2150 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2151 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2152 void PopDeclContext();
2154 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2155 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2156 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2157 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2159 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2160 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2161 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2163 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2165 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2166 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2167 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2168 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2170 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2171 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2172 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2173 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2175 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2176 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2177 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2178 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2180 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2181 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2183 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2184 /// top level scope.
2186 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2188 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2189 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2191 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2192 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2193 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2195 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2196 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2197 /// directly within it.
2198 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2199 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2201 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2202 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2203 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2205 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2206 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2207 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2208 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2210 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2211 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2212 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2213 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2215 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2218 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2219 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2221 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2222 /// a protocol requirement.
2223 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2226 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2227 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2228 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2230 VersionTuple Introduced,
2231 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2232 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2235 bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2236 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2237 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2238 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2239 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2240 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2241 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2242 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2243 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2244 UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2245 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid);
2246 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2247 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2248 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2249 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2251 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2252 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2253 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2254 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2255 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2256 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2257 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2258 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2259 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2260 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2261 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2262 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2263 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2264 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2265 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2266 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2267 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2268 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2269 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2270 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2272 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2273 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2274 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2275 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2276 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2277 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2278 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2279 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2280 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2281 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2282 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2283 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2284 bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
2285 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2287 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2288 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2289 enum AssignmentAction {
2297 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2300 /// C++ Overloading.
2302 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2303 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2306 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2307 /// an existing declaration.
2310 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2314 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2316 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2317 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2318 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2319 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2320 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2322 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2323 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2325 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2326 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2327 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2329 ImplicitConversionSequence
2330 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2331 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2333 bool InOverloadResolution,
2335 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2337 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2338 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2339 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2340 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2341 bool InOverloadResolution,
2342 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2343 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2344 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2345 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2346 QualType &ConvertedType);
2347 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2348 QualType& ConvertedType);
2349 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2350 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2351 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2352 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2353 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2355 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2356 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2357 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2359 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2360 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2361 bool Diagnose = true);
2362 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2363 bool InOverloadResolution,
2364 QualType &ConvertedType);
2365 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2367 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2368 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2369 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2370 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2371 bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2372 QualType &ResultTy);
2373 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2374 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2376 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2377 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2378 QualType ResultType,
2380 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2382 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2384 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2385 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2387 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2388 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2389 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2390 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2391 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2392 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2394 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2395 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2397 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2399 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2400 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2401 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2402 CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2403 CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2405 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2406 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2407 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2408 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2410 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2411 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2412 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2415 bool SuppressConversion;
2417 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2418 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2419 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2421 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2422 /// for this conversion.
2423 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2425 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2426 /// integral or enumeration type.
2427 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2428 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2430 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2431 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2432 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2434 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2436 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2437 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2439 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2440 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2441 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2443 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2445 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2446 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2448 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2449 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2450 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2452 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2453 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2454 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2455 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2457 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2460 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2461 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2464 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2465 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2466 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2467 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2469 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2470 bool match(QualType T) override;
2472 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2473 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2474 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2477 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2478 /// integral or enumeration type.
2479 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2480 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2483 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2484 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2485 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2488 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2493 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2495 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2496 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2497 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2506 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2508 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2509 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2510 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2513 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2514 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2515 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2516 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2518 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2519 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2520 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2521 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2522 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2523 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2524 bool AllowExplicit = false,
2525 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2526 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2527 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2528 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2529 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2530 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2531 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2532 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2533 QualType ObjectType,
2534 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2535 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2536 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2537 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2538 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2539 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2540 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2541 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2542 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2543 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2544 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2545 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2546 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None);
2547 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2548 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2549 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2550 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2551 QualType ObjectType,
2552 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2553 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2554 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2555 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2556 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2557 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2558 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2559 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2560 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2561 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2562 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2563 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2564 bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2565 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
2566 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2567 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2568 ConversionSequenceList &Conversions,
2569 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2570 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr,
2571 QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
2572 Expr::Classification
2573 ObjectClassification = {});
2574 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2575 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2576 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2577 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2578 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2579 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2580 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2581 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2582 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2583 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2584 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2585 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2586 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2587 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2588 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2589 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2590 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2591 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2592 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2593 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2594 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2595 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2596 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2597 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2598 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2599 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2600 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2601 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2602 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2603 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2604 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2606 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2607 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2608 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2609 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2611 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2612 void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2613 QualType DestType = QualType(),
2614 bool TakingAddress = false);
2616 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2617 // the expression Expr
2618 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2619 bool TakingAddress = false);
2621 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2622 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2623 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2624 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2626 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2627 /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2629 /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
2630 /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
2632 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2633 bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2634 const Expr *ThisArg,
2635 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2636 SourceLocation Loc);
2638 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
2639 /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
2641 /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
2644 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
2645 bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2646 SourceLocation Loc);
2648 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2649 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2651 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2652 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2653 bool Complain = false,
2654 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2656 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2657 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2659 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2660 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2661 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2662 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2665 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2666 QualType TargetType,
2668 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2669 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2672 resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2673 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2675 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(ExprResult &SrcExpr);
2678 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2679 bool Complain = false,
2680 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2682 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2683 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2684 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2685 bool Complain = false,
2686 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2687 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2688 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2691 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2692 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2694 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2695 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2698 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2699 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2700 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2701 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2703 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2704 // range-based for loop.
2705 enum ForRangeStatus {
2707 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2708 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2711 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2712 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2713 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2714 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2715 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2716 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2718 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2719 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2720 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2722 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2724 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2725 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2727 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2728 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2729 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2730 ExprResult *Result);
2732 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2733 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2734 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2737 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2738 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2739 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2740 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2742 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2743 SourceLocation RLoc,
2744 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2747 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2748 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2750 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2752 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2754 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2756 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2757 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2758 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2760 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2761 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2762 /// that best represents the call.
2763 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2764 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2766 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2767 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2768 bool CheckParameterNames);
2769 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2770 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2771 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2773 /// \name Name lookup
2775 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2776 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2777 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2778 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2779 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2780 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2782 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2783 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2784 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2785 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2786 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2787 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2788 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2790 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2791 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2792 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2793 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2794 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2795 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2796 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2797 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2800 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2801 enum LookupNameKind {
2802 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2803 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2804 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2805 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2806 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2807 /// structs, and unions.
2809 /// Label name lookup.
2811 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2812 /// class/struct/union members.
2814 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2815 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2816 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2818 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2819 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2820 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2821 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2822 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2823 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2824 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2825 LookupNamespaceName,
2826 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2827 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2828 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2829 LookupUsingDeclName,
2830 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2831 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2832 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2833 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2834 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2835 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2836 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2837 LookupLocalFriendName,
2838 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2839 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2840 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2841 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2842 /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
2843 LookupOMPReductionName,
2844 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2848 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2849 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2850 enum RedeclarationKind {
2851 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2852 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2853 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2854 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2855 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2859 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2860 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2861 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2863 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2864 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2866 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2867 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2869 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2870 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2871 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2873 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2874 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2875 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2879 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2880 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2887 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2888 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2889 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2892 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2894 struct TypoExprState {
2895 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2896 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2897 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2899 TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
2900 TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
2903 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2904 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2906 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2907 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2908 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2909 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2911 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2913 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2914 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2915 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2917 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2919 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2921 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2922 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2923 /// should be skipped entirely.
2924 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2925 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2926 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2928 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2929 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2930 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2931 bool ErrorRecovery);
2934 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2936 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2937 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2939 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2940 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2942 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2943 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2944 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2946 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2947 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2948 = NotForRedeclaration);
2949 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2950 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2951 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2952 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2953 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2955 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2956 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2957 bool EnteringContext = false);
2958 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2959 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2960 = NotForRedeclaration);
2961 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2963 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2964 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2965 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2966 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2967 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2968 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2970 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2971 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2973 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2974 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2975 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2977 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2978 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2979 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2981 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2982 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2983 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2985 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2986 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2987 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2990 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2991 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2993 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2994 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2996 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2997 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2998 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2999 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
3000 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3001 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
3003 enum CorrectTypoKind {
3004 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
3005 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
3008 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3009 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3010 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3011 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3012 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3013 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3014 bool EnteringContext = false,
3015 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
3016 bool RecordFailure = true);
3018 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
3019 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
3021 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3022 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
3023 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
3024 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
3025 bool EnteringContext = false,
3026 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
3028 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
3029 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
3030 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
3031 /// more typos could not be corrected.
3033 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
3035 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
3038 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
3039 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
3040 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
3041 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
3043 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3044 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3045 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
3048 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
3049 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3050 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
3054 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3055 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3056 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
3057 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
3061 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
3062 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3063 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
3066 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3067 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3068 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3070 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3071 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3072 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
3073 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3075 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
3076 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3077 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
3078 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
3080 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
3081 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
3083 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
3086 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
3087 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3088 bool TypoCorrection = false);
3089 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
3090 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
3091 SourceLocation Loc);
3092 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
3094 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
3096 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3098 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3099 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3100 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3101 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
3102 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3103 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3104 const AttributeList *AttrList);
3106 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3108 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3109 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3110 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3112 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3114 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
3115 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3116 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3117 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3118 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
3119 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
3120 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3121 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3122 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3123 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3124 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3125 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3127 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3129 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3130 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
3131 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3132 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3133 SourceLocation Loc);
3135 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3136 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3137 // one that came from a typedef.
3138 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3140 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3141 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3142 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3144 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
3147 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
3148 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
3150 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
3152 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
3154 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
3155 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
3156 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
3157 /// underscored type specifier.
3159 /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an
3160 /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer).
3162 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
3163 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
3164 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
3165 bool isContextSensitive,
3166 bool allowArrayTypes);
3168 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3169 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
3172 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3173 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3174 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3176 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3177 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3178 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3180 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3181 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3182 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3183 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3184 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3186 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3187 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
3189 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3190 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3191 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3192 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3193 SourceLocation Loc);
3195 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3196 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3197 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3198 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3199 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3201 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3202 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3203 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3204 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3205 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3207 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3208 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3210 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3211 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3212 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3213 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3214 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3216 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3217 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3218 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3219 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3220 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3222 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3223 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3224 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3225 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3227 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3228 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3229 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3230 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3231 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3233 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3234 /// class extensions.
3235 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3236 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3237 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3238 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3241 const bool isReadWrite,
3242 unsigned &Attributes,
3243 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3245 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3246 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3248 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3249 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3250 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3251 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3252 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3253 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3254 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3257 const bool isReadWrite,
3258 const unsigned Attributes,
3259 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3261 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3262 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3263 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3265 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3266 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3267 /// setter or getter.
3268 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3269 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3271 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3273 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3274 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3275 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3277 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3279 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3284 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3285 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3286 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3287 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3288 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3290 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3291 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3292 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3293 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3294 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3295 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3296 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3297 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3298 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3299 bool ImmediateClass,
3300 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3302 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3303 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3304 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3305 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3307 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3308 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3311 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3312 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3313 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3315 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3316 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3317 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3318 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3322 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3323 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3324 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3325 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3328 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3329 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3330 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3331 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3334 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3335 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3336 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3339 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3340 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3341 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3344 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3345 /// nullptr if none could be found
3346 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3348 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3351 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3352 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3353 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3355 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3356 return TypoCorrection();
3360 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3361 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3362 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3363 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3364 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3365 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3368 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3369 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3370 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3373 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3375 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3377 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3378 /// there are multiple signatures.
3379 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3380 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3381 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3385 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3386 /// there are multiple signatures.
3387 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3388 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3389 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3393 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3394 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3395 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3397 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3399 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3401 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3402 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3404 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3405 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3409 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
3410 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3412 ExprResult release() {
3416 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3418 Expr *operator->() {
3423 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3424 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3427 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3432 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3433 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3435 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3436 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3438 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3440 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3441 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3442 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3445 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3446 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3448 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3449 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3451 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3452 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3453 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3454 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3456 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3457 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3459 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3460 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3463 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3464 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3471 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3472 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3475 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3476 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3478 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3480 void disable() { Active = false; }
3483 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3484 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3485 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3486 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3487 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3488 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3489 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3490 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3491 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3493 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3494 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3495 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3496 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3497 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3499 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3500 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3503 class ConditionResult;
3504 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3506 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3507 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3508 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3510 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3511 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3512 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3514 ConditionResult Cond);
3515 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3516 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3517 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3519 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3520 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3521 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3523 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3524 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3526 ConditionResult Second,
3528 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3530 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3532 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3533 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3534 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3535 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3537 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3538 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3540 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3541 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3543 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3544 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3548 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3549 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3551 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3552 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3553 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3554 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3555 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3556 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3557 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3558 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3560 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3561 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3562 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3564 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3565 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3566 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3567 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3568 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3570 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3571 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3573 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3574 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3575 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3576 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3577 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3578 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3579 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3580 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3581 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3583 unsigned NumParams);
3584 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3585 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3586 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3587 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3589 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3591 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3592 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3594 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3595 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3596 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3597 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3598 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3599 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3601 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3602 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3604 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3605 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3606 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3607 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3608 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3609 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3610 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3611 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3612 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3613 StringRef AsmString,
3614 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3615 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3616 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3617 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3618 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3619 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3620 SourceLocation Location,
3623 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3624 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3625 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3626 bool Invalid = false);
3628 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3630 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3631 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3633 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3635 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3636 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3638 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3639 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3641 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3643 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3647 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3649 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3650 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3651 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3652 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3654 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3656 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3657 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3658 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3659 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3661 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3662 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3664 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3667 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3668 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3669 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3670 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3672 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3674 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3676 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3678 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3680 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3681 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3682 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3683 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3684 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3686 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3687 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3689 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3692 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3696 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3697 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3698 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3699 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3701 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3702 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3703 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3705 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3707 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3708 SourceLocation Loc);
3710 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3711 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3713 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3715 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3716 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3717 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3719 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3720 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3723 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3725 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityResult AR, NamedDecl *D,
3726 StringRef Message, SourceLocation Loc,
3727 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3728 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3729 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3731 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3732 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3734 /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
3735 void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
3737 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3738 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3740 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
3741 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3742 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3743 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3744 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3745 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3746 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3747 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3748 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3749 SourceLocation Loc);
3750 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3751 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3753 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3754 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3755 bool IsDecltype = false);
3756 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3757 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3758 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3759 bool IsDecltype = false);
3760 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3762 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3764 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3765 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3767 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3769 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3770 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3771 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3772 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3773 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3774 // named expressions.
3776 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
3777 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
3778 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
3779 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
3780 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
3781 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
3782 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3783 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
3784 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3785 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3786 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3788 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3789 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3791 enum TryCaptureKind {
3792 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3795 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3797 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3799 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3801 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3802 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3804 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3805 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3807 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3808 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3809 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3810 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3812 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3813 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3814 /// variable can be captured.
3816 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3817 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3820 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3821 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3822 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3823 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3824 /// a nested generic lambda.
3826 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3827 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3828 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3829 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3830 QualType &CaptureType,
3831 QualType &DeclRefType,
3832 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3834 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3835 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3836 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3837 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3839 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3840 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3842 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3843 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3844 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3846 /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
3847 /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
3848 /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
3849 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3850 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3851 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3853 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3854 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3855 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3856 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3857 bool ForceComplain = false,
3858 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3860 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3861 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3862 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3864 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3865 /// evaluation context.
3867 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3868 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3869 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3870 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3871 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3872 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3874 // Primary Expressions.
3875 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3877 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3878 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3879 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3880 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3881 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3883 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3884 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3885 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3886 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3889 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3890 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3891 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3892 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3894 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3896 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3898 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3899 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3900 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3901 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3902 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3904 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3907 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3909 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3910 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3911 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3912 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3913 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3915 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3916 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3917 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3918 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3919 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3920 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3921 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3923 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3924 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3926 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3928 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3929 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3931 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3932 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3934 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3935 const LookupResult &R,
3936 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3939 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3940 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3941 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
3942 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3944 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3945 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3946 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3947 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3949 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3952 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3953 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3954 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3955 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3956 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3957 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3959 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3960 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3961 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3962 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3963 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3965 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3966 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3967 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3968 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3970 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3972 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3973 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3974 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3975 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3976 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3980 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3981 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3982 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3983 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3985 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3986 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3987 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3988 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3989 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3990 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3991 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3992 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3993 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3994 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3995 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3996 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3998 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3999 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
4001 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4002 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
4003 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4004 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
4006 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
4008 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4009 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4010 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4012 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4013 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4015 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4016 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4017 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
4018 SourceRange ArgRange);
4020 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
4021 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
4023 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4024 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4025 SourceRange ExprRange,
4026 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
4027 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
4028 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4029 IdentifierInfo &Name,
4030 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4031 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4032 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4033 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
4035 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4036 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4037 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4038 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4039 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4040 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4041 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
4043 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
4044 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
4045 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
4046 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
4047 // defines a custom operator->).
4048 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
4054 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
4055 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
4056 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4057 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4058 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4060 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4063 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4064 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4065 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4066 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
4067 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4069 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
4070 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4072 ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
4073 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4074 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
4075 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4076 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
4078 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
4080 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
4081 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4082 const LookupResult &R);
4084 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
4085 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4087 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4088 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
4089 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4090 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4092 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4093 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4094 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4096 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4097 UnqualifiedId &Member,
4100 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
4101 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4102 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4103 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4104 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4105 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4106 bool ExecConfig = false);
4107 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4109 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4111 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4112 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4114 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4115 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4116 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4117 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4118 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4119 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4120 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
4121 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4122 Expr *Config = nullptr,
4123 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4125 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4126 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4127 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4129 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4130 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4131 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4132 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4134 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4136 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4138 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4139 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4140 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4141 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4143 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4145 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4147 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4150 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4151 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4152 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4155 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4156 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4157 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4159 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4165 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4168 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4169 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4170 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4171 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4172 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4173 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4175 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4177 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4178 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4179 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4180 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4181 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4183 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4184 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4185 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4187 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4188 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4189 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4190 void ActOnStmtExprError();
4192 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4193 struct OffsetOfComponent {
4194 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4195 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
4197 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4202 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4203 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4204 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4205 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4206 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4207 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4208 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4209 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4210 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4211 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4212 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4214 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4215 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4216 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4217 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4219 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4220 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4221 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4222 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4223 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4226 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4228 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4230 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4231 enum IfExistsResult {
4232 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4235 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4238 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4239 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4242 /// \brief An error occurred.
4247 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4248 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4251 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4252 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4253 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4255 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4257 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4258 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4260 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4262 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4265 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4267 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4269 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4271 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4272 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4273 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4276 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4277 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4278 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4280 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4281 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4282 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4285 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4287 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4288 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4289 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4290 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4292 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4294 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4295 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4296 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4297 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4299 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4301 // Act on C++ namespaces
4302 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4303 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4304 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4305 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4306 SourceLocation LBrace,
4307 AttributeList *AttrList,
4308 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4309 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4311 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4312 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4314 NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
4316 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4317 EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
4319 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4320 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4321 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4323 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4324 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4326 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4327 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4329 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4330 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4331 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4333 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4334 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4335 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4337 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4338 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4339 AttributeList *AttrList);
4341 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4343 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4344 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4345 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4346 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4348 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4349 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4351 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4352 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4353 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4354 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4355 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4357 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4359 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4360 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4361 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4362 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4363 const LookupResult &Previous);
4364 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4366 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4367 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4368 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4370 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4371 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4372 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4373 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4375 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4376 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4377 AttributeList *AttrList,
4378 bool IsInstantiation);
4379 NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
4380 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
4382 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4384 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4385 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4386 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4387 CXXConstructorDecl *
4388 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4389 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4391 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4393 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4394 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4396 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4397 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4398 AttributeList *AttrList);
4399 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4401 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4402 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4403 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4404 AttributeList *AttrList,
4406 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4408 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4409 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4411 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4413 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4414 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4415 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4416 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4417 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4418 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4419 SourceRange ParenRange);
4421 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4422 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4424 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4425 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4427 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4428 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4429 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4430 SourceRange ParenRange);
4432 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4433 // the constructor can be elidable?
4435 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4436 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4437 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4438 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4439 bool IsListInitialization,
4440 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4441 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4443 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4446 /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
4447 /// Return true on error.
4448 bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4449 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4451 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4452 /// the default expr if needed.
4453 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4455 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4457 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4458 /// constructed variable.
4459 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4461 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4462 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4463 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4464 // Pointer to allow copying
4466 // We order exception specifications thus:
4467 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4468 // throw() comes next.
4469 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4470 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4471 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4472 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4473 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4474 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4476 void ClearExceptions() {
4477 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4482 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4483 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4484 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4485 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4488 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4489 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4490 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4491 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4495 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4496 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4498 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4499 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4501 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4502 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4504 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4505 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4507 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4508 /// computed exception specification.
4509 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4510 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4511 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4512 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4513 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4514 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4515 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4516 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4517 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4518 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4519 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4520 tok::kw_false).get();
4526 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4527 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4528 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4529 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4532 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4533 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4535 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4536 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4538 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4539 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4540 /// parameter will be const.
4541 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4542 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4544 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4545 /// constructor of a class will have.
4546 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4547 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4549 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4550 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4551 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4552 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4554 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4555 /// destructor of a class will have.
4556 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4557 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4559 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4560 /// constructor of a class will have.
4561 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4562 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4563 CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4565 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4566 /// special member function.
4567 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4569 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4570 /// exception specification information with the results.
4571 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4572 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4573 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4574 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4576 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4577 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4579 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4580 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4581 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4583 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4584 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4585 /// after the method itself was declared.
4586 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4587 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4588 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4589 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4590 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4591 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4593 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4595 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4596 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4597 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4598 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4599 bool Diagnose = false);
4601 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4603 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4604 /// default constructor will be added.
4606 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4607 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4608 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4610 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4611 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4612 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4613 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4615 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4617 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4618 /// destructor will be added.
4620 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4621 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4623 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4624 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4625 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4626 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4628 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4630 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4631 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4632 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4633 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4635 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4636 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4637 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4639 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4641 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4642 /// copy constructor will be added.
4644 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4645 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4647 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4648 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4649 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4650 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4652 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4654 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4655 /// move constructor will be added.
4657 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4659 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4661 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4662 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4663 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4664 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4666 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4668 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4669 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4671 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4672 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4674 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4675 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4676 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4678 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4680 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4681 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4683 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4684 /// wasn't declared.
4685 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4687 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4688 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4689 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4691 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4693 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4695 /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4696 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4698 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4699 /// special member function.
4700 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4702 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4703 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4705 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4706 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4708 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4709 /// member function.
4710 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4712 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4713 /// static member function.
4715 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4716 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4718 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4719 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4720 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4721 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4723 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4724 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4726 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4727 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4728 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4730 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4731 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4732 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4734 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4735 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4736 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4737 ParsedType ObjectType,
4738 bool EnteringContext);
4740 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4742 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4743 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4744 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4746 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4747 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4748 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4749 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4751 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4752 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4754 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4756 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4757 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4760 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4761 SourceRange Parens);
4763 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4764 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4765 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4766 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4767 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4768 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4770 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4772 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4773 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4774 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4776 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4778 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4779 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4780 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4781 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4782 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4783 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4785 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4787 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4788 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4789 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4791 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4793 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4794 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4795 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4796 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4797 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4798 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4799 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4800 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4801 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4802 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4803 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4805 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4806 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4808 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4810 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4811 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4813 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4814 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4815 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4816 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4818 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4819 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4820 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4822 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4826 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4827 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4828 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4829 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4830 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4831 bool Enabled = true);
4833 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4836 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4837 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4839 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4841 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4844 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4845 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4846 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4847 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4848 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4849 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4850 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4851 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4852 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4853 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
4854 bool ByCopy = false);
4856 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4857 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4859 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4861 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4862 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4865 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4866 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4869 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
4870 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
4872 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4873 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4875 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4876 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4877 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4878 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4879 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4881 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4882 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4883 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4884 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4885 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4886 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4888 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4890 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4891 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4893 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4895 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4896 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4897 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4898 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4899 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4900 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4902 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4903 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4904 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4905 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4906 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4908 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4910 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4913 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4915 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4916 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4917 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4918 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4919 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4920 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4921 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4922 ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
4924 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4925 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4926 bool Diagnose = true);
4927 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4928 bool CanProvideSize,
4930 DeclarationName Name);
4931 FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4934 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4935 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4936 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4938 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
4939 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
4940 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
4941 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
4943 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4944 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4945 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4946 SourceLocation RParen);
4948 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4949 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4950 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4951 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4952 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4953 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4954 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4956 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4957 /// pseudo-functions.
4958 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4959 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4962 SourceLocation RParen);
4964 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4965 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4966 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4968 SourceLocation RParen);
4970 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4971 /// pseudo-functions.
4972 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4973 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4975 SourceLocation RParen);
4977 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4978 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4980 SourceLocation RParen);
4982 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4984 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4985 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4986 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4987 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4989 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4990 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4991 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4992 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4993 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4994 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4995 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4996 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4998 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4999 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5000 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5002 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
5003 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5004 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5005 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
5007 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5008 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5009 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5010 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5011 const DeclSpec& DS);
5013 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
5014 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
5015 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
5016 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
5017 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
5018 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
5020 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
5021 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
5022 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
5024 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
5025 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
5026 : SourceLocation());
5028 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
5029 bool DiscardedValue = false,
5030 bool IsConstexpr = false,
5031 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
5032 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
5034 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
5035 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
5037 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
5038 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5039 bool EnteringContext = false);
5040 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5041 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5043 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
5045 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5047 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5048 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5050 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5051 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5053 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
5055 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
5057 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
5059 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5060 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5062 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5063 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5064 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5066 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
5067 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
5068 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5070 /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
5072 struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
5073 /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
5074 /// a member access expression.
5075 ParsedType ObjectType;
5077 /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'.
5078 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
5080 /// \brief The location of the identifier.
5081 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
5083 /// \brief The location of the '::'.
5084 SourceLocation CCLoc;
5086 /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case.
5087 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5088 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
5089 : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
5090 CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5093 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5094 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
5095 : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
5096 IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5100 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5101 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
5103 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5104 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5105 bool EnteringContext,
5107 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
5108 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
5109 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
5111 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
5113 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5115 /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
5116 /// nested-name-spec.
5118 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
5119 /// this nested-name-specifier.
5121 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5122 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5123 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5124 /// including this new type).
5126 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
5127 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
5129 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
5130 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
5131 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
5133 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5134 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5135 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5136 bool EnteringContext,
5138 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5139 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
5141 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5143 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5145 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5147 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5148 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5149 bool EnteringContext);
5151 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5152 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5154 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5156 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5157 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5158 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5159 /// including this new type).
5161 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5162 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5163 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5164 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5165 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5166 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5167 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5169 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5170 /// nested-name-specifier.
5173 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5174 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5176 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5177 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5178 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5179 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5180 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5181 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5182 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5183 bool EnteringContext);
5185 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5186 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5187 /// nested-name-specifier.
5189 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5191 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5192 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5193 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5195 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5196 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5198 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5199 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5201 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5203 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5204 /// of the annotation pointer.
5205 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5206 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5209 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5211 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5212 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5213 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5214 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5215 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5216 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5217 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5219 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5220 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5221 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5222 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5224 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5226 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5227 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5228 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5229 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5231 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5233 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5234 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5235 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5237 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
5238 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5239 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5240 bool KnownDependent,
5241 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5243 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5244 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5245 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5246 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5247 SourceLocation EndLoc,
5248 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
5249 bool IsConstexprSpecified);
5251 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5252 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5253 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5254 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5255 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5256 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5257 bool ExplicitParams,
5258 bool ExplicitResultType,
5261 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5262 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5263 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5264 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5265 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5266 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5267 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5268 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5270 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5272 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5274 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5275 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5277 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5278 /// variables appropriately.
5279 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5280 QualType InitCaptureType,
5282 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5284 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5285 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5287 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5289 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5291 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5292 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5294 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5295 /// statements present in the body.
5296 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5298 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5299 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5300 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5302 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5303 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5305 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5306 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5307 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5308 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5310 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5311 /// was successfully completed.
5312 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5315 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5317 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5318 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5320 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5321 /// function pointer.
5323 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5324 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5325 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5326 /// block pointer conversion.
5327 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5328 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5330 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5333 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5334 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5335 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5336 /// block pointer conversion.
5337 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5338 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5340 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5341 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5342 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5345 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5346 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5347 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5349 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5351 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5352 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5353 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5354 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5355 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5357 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5359 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5360 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5361 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5362 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5363 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5364 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5366 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5368 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5369 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5371 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5372 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5374 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5375 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5376 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5377 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5378 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5379 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5381 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5382 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5383 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5385 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5387 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5388 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5389 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5390 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5391 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5392 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5393 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5395 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5396 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5397 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5398 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5399 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5400 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5401 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5403 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5406 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5407 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5409 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5410 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5412 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5415 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5418 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5420 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5422 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5423 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5424 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5425 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5427 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5429 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5430 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5431 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5433 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5434 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5435 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5438 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5441 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5442 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5444 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5445 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5446 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5447 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5448 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5450 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5453 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5454 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5456 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5458 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5460 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5463 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5464 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5466 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5468 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5470 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5472 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5474 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5475 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5477 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5478 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5480 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5482 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5484 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5485 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5487 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5488 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5490 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5493 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5494 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5496 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5497 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5499 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5500 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5501 /// first use occurred.
5502 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5504 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5506 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5508 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5509 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5510 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5511 /// by code generation).
5512 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5514 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5515 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5517 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5519 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5520 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5522 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5523 /// in the given class as needed.
5524 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5525 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5527 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5528 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5529 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5530 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5532 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5533 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5536 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5537 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5539 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5541 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5542 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5543 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5546 /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5547 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5548 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5549 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5551 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5553 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5554 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5555 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5556 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5558 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5559 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5561 SourceLocation LBrac,
5562 SourceLocation RBrac,
5563 AttributeList *AttrList);
5564 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5565 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5567 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5568 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5569 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5570 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5571 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5572 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5573 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5574 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5575 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5576 CachedTokens &Toks);
5577 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5578 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5580 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5582 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5583 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5584 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5586 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5587 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5590 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5591 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5592 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5593 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5594 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5595 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5596 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5598 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5600 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5601 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5603 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5604 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5606 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5608 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5609 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5610 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5611 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5613 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5614 // C++ Derived Classes
5617 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5618 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5619 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5620 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5621 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5622 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5624 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5625 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5626 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5627 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5628 ParsedType basetype,
5629 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5630 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5632 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5633 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5634 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5635 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5637 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5638 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5639 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5641 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5642 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5644 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5645 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5646 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5647 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5648 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5649 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5650 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5651 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5652 DeclarationName Name,
5653 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
5654 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5656 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5658 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5659 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5661 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5662 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5663 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5664 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5666 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5667 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5668 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5669 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5671 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5673 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5674 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5676 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5677 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5678 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5680 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5681 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5682 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5683 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5684 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5687 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5688 // C++ Access Control
5698 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5699 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5700 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5702 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5703 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5704 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5705 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5706 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5707 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5708 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5709 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5710 bool Diagnose = true);
5711 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5712 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5713 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5714 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5715 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5716 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5717 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5718 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5719 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5720 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5721 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5722 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5723 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5724 QualType objectType = QualType());
5725 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5726 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5727 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5728 DeclAccessPair Found);
5729 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5732 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5733 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5734 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5735 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5736 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5737 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5739 bool ForceCheck = false,
5740 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5741 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5742 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5743 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5744 AccessSpecifier access,
5745 QualType objectType);
5747 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5748 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5749 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5750 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5752 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5754 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5755 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5756 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5758 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5762 AbstractVariableType,
5765 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5769 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5770 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5771 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5772 template <typename... Ts>
5773 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5774 const Ts &...Args) {
5775 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5776 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5779 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5781 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5782 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5785 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5787 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5789 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5790 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5792 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5793 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5794 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5795 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5797 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5798 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5799 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5801 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5803 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5804 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5805 ParsedType ObjectType,
5806 bool EnteringContext,
5807 TemplateTy &Template,
5808 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5810 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5811 SourceLocation IILoc,
5813 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5814 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5815 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5817 bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5818 NamedDecl *Instantiation,
5819 bool InstantiatedFromMember,
5820 const NamedDecl *Pattern,
5821 const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
5822 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5823 bool Complain = true);
5825 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5826 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5828 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5829 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5830 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5831 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5832 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5833 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5834 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5835 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5837 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
5838 SourceLocation Loc);
5839 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5841 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5844 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5846 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5847 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5848 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5849 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5850 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5851 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5854 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5855 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5857 TemplateParameterList *
5858 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5859 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5860 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5861 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5862 ArrayRef<Decl *> Params,
5863 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5864 Expr *RequiresClause);
5866 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5867 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5870 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5871 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5872 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5873 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5874 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5875 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5878 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5879 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5880 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5881 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5882 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5883 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5884 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5885 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5887 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5888 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5889 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5890 AttributeList *Attr,
5891 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5893 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5894 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5895 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5896 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5897 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5899 TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5901 SourceLocation Loc);
5903 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5904 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5906 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5908 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5909 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5910 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5913 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5914 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5915 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5916 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5917 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5918 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5920 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5921 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5922 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5923 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5924 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5926 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5927 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5928 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5929 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5930 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5931 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5933 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5934 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5935 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5936 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5938 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5939 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5940 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5941 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5943 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5944 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5945 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5946 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5947 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5949 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5950 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5953 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5955 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5956 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5957 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5958 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5960 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5962 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5963 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5964 ParsedType ObjectType,
5965 bool EnteringContext,
5966 TemplateTy &Template);
5969 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5970 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5971 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5972 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5973 AttributeList *Attr,
5974 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5975 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5977 bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5978 TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
5979 unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
5980 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
5981 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
5982 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
5983 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
5984 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
5986 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5987 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5991 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5992 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5993 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5994 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5995 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5998 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5999 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6000 LookupResult &Previous);
6002 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
6003 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6004 LookupResult &Previous);
6005 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
6008 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6009 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6010 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6012 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6013 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6014 TemplateTy Template,
6015 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6016 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6017 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6018 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6019 AttributeList *Attr);
6022 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6023 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6024 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6026 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6028 IdentifierInfo *Name,
6029 SourceLocation NameLoc,
6030 AttributeList *Attr);
6032 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
6033 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6034 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6038 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
6039 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6040 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6042 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
6044 bool &HasDefaultArg);
6046 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
6047 /// argument is being checked.
6048 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
6049 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
6050 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
6053 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
6057 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
6058 /// via template argument deduction.
6059 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
6062 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
6063 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6064 NamedDecl *Template,
6065 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6066 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6067 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
6068 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6069 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6071 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
6072 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
6074 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6077 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
6079 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
6080 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
6081 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
6084 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
6085 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
6086 /// set of template arguments.
6088 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
6091 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6092 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
6093 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6094 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
6095 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
6096 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6098 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6099 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6100 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6102 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6103 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
6104 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6105 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
6106 TemplateArgument &Converted,
6107 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6108 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6109 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6110 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
6113 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6115 SourceLocation Loc);
6117 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6118 SourceLocation Loc);
6120 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
6122 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
6123 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
6124 /// that might be redeclarations.
6127 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6128 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6132 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
6133 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
6134 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
6137 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
6138 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
6140 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
6142 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
6143 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
6144 /// template parameter.
6147 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
6148 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
6149 /// X<integer_c> xic;
6151 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
6154 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
6155 TemplateParameterList *Old,
6157 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6158 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6159 = SourceLocation());
6161 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6163 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6164 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6166 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6167 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6168 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6169 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6170 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6172 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6173 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6174 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6176 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6177 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6178 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6180 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6181 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6182 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6183 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6184 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6185 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
6186 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6187 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6188 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6190 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6191 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6192 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6193 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6194 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6195 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6196 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6197 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6199 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6200 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6201 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6202 const IdentifierInfo &II,
6203 SourceLocation IILoc);
6205 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6207 DeclarationName Name);
6208 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6210 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6211 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6212 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6215 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6216 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6219 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6220 const TemplateArgument *Args,
6223 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6224 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6225 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6227 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6228 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6229 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6231 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6232 /// being diagnosed.
6234 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6235 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6236 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6237 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
6238 UPPC_Expression = 0,
6240 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
6243 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6244 UPPC_DeclarationType,
6246 /// \brief The type of a data member.
6247 UPPC_DataMemberType,
6249 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
6252 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
6253 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6255 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6256 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6258 /// \brief The enumerator value.
6259 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6261 /// \brief A using declaration.
6262 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6264 /// \brief A friend declaration.
6265 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6267 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
6268 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6270 /// \brief An initializer.
6273 /// \brief A default argument.
6274 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6276 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
6277 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6279 /// \brief The type of an exception.
6282 /// \brief Partial specialization.
6283 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6285 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
6288 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6291 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6294 /// \brief Block expression,
6298 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6300 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6302 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6303 /// parameter packs.
6305 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6307 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6308 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6309 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6310 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6312 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6313 /// diagnose the error.
6315 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6317 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6320 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6321 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6322 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6324 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6325 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6327 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6328 /// parameter packs.
6330 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6331 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6332 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6334 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6335 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6337 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6338 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6340 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6341 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6342 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6344 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6345 /// diagnose the error.
6347 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6348 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6350 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6351 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6352 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6354 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6355 /// diagnose the error.
6357 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6359 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6360 /// parameter packs.
6362 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6363 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6364 TemplateName Template,
6365 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6367 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6368 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6370 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6371 /// parameter packs.
6373 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6374 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6375 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6377 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6378 /// template argument.
6380 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6381 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6382 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6383 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6385 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6386 /// template argument.
6388 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6389 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6390 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6391 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6393 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6396 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6397 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6398 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6399 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6401 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6404 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6405 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6406 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6407 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6409 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6410 /// nested-name-specifier.
6412 /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6413 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6414 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6415 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6417 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6420 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6421 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6422 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6423 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6425 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6426 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6428 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6429 /// may already be invalid.
6431 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6432 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6433 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6435 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6436 /// creates a pack expansion.
6438 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6439 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6441 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6442 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6444 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6446 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6447 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6448 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6450 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6452 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6453 SourceRange PatternRange,
6454 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6455 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6457 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6458 /// creates a pack expansion.
6460 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6461 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6463 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6464 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6466 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6467 /// creates a pack expansion.
6469 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6470 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6472 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6473 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6474 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6476 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6477 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6478 /// transforming the pattern.
6480 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6483 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6484 /// the pack expansion.
6486 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6489 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6490 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6491 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6493 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6494 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6495 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6496 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6498 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6499 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6500 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6501 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6502 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6503 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6504 /// set this value in other cases.
6506 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6507 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6508 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6510 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6511 SourceRange PatternRange,
6512 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6513 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6515 bool &RetainExpansion,
6516 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6518 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6521 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6522 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6524 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6525 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6526 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6528 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6529 /// parameter packs.
6531 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6532 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6538 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6539 /// a variadic function.
6541 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6542 /// false otherwise.
6543 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6545 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6547 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6549 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6551 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6552 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6553 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6554 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6555 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6556 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6558 /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
6559 /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
6560 /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
6562 /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
6563 /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
6564 Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
6566 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6567 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6568 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6570 /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
6571 /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
6572 /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
6574 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
6575 bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
6577 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6579 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6580 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6581 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6582 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6583 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6584 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6585 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6586 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6587 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6589 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6591 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6592 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6593 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6594 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6595 /// for every template parameter.
6597 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6598 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6600 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6601 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6602 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6603 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6605 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6606 /// resulted in an error.
6607 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6608 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6609 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6610 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6611 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
6612 /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
6613 /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
6614 TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
6615 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6616 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6617 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6618 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6619 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6620 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6621 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6622 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6623 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6624 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6625 /// template arguments for the given template.
6626 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6627 /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
6628 TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
6629 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6630 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
6631 /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match.
6632 TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
6635 TemplateDeductionResult
6636 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6637 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6638 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6640 TemplateDeductionResult
6641 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6642 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6643 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6645 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6646 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6647 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6648 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6649 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6650 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6652 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6653 // deduction for a call.
6654 struct OriginalCallArg {
6655 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
6656 unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
6657 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
6658 DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6659 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
6661 QualType OriginalParamType;
6662 bool DecomposedParam;
6664 QualType OriginalArgType;
6667 TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
6668 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6669 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6670 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6671 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6672 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6673 bool PartialOverloading = false,
6674 llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
6676 TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
6677 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6678 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6679 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6680 bool PartialOverloading,
6681 llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
6683 TemplateDeductionResult
6684 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6685 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6686 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6687 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6688 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6689 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6691 TemplateDeductionResult
6692 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6694 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6695 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6697 TemplateDeductionResult
6698 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6699 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6700 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6701 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6702 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
6704 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6705 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6706 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6707 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6708 QualType Replacement);
6710 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6711 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6714 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6718 DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6719 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6721 DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
6722 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None);
6723 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6724 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6725 bool Diagnose = true);
6727 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6728 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6729 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6732 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6734 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6735 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6736 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6738 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6739 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6741 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6742 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6743 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6744 UnresolvedSetIterator
6745 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6746 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6748 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6749 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6750 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6751 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6753 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6754 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6755 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6756 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6757 SourceLocation Loc);
6759 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
6760 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6762 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6763 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6764 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6766 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
6767 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6769 bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
6770 TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc);
6772 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6775 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6776 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6777 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6778 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6779 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6781 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6782 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6783 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6785 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6786 // C++ Template Instantiation
6789 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6790 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6791 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6792 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6793 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6795 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6796 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6797 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6798 enum InstantiationKind {
6799 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6800 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6801 TemplateInstantiation,
6803 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6804 /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
6805 /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
6806 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
6808 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6810 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6811 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6812 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6813 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6815 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6816 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6817 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6819 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6820 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6821 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6822 /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6824 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6826 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6827 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6828 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6829 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6831 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6832 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6833 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6835 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6836 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6837 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6840 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6841 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6843 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6844 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6846 NamedDecl *Template;
6848 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6851 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6852 /// are not part of the entity.
6853 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6855 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6856 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6858 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
6859 return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
6862 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6863 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6864 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6866 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6867 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6868 /// template instantiation.
6869 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6871 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6872 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6873 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6875 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6876 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6877 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6879 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6880 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6881 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6884 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6888 case TemplateInstantiation:
6889 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6892 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6893 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6894 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6896 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6897 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6898 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6899 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6900 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6904 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6907 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6908 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6913 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6915 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6916 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6917 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6918 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6919 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6920 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6922 /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
6923 llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
6925 /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
6926 /// by some template instantiation.
6927 llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
6929 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6930 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6931 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6933 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6934 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6935 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6936 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6938 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6939 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6940 /// template defined within it.
6941 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6943 /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
6944 /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
6945 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
6947 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6948 /// template instantiation.
6950 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6951 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6952 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6954 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6955 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6956 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6957 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6959 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6960 /// error or warning was produced.
6962 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6963 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6964 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6965 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6966 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6968 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6969 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6971 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6972 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6973 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6974 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6976 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6977 /// within a \c Sema object.
6979 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6980 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6982 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6985 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6986 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6987 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6990 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6991 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6995 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6997 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6998 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
7001 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
7002 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
7003 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
7004 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
7006 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
7009 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
7010 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
7011 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
7012 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
7013 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
7015 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
7017 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
7018 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
7019 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
7020 /// or a member thereof.
7021 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7023 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7025 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
7026 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
7027 /// of a function template.
7028 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7029 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
7030 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7032 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
7034 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7035 TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
7036 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7037 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7039 /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
7040 /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
7041 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7042 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
7043 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7044 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
7045 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7046 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7048 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7049 /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
7050 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7051 TemplateDecl *Template,
7052 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7053 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7054 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7056 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7057 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
7059 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7060 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7061 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7062 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7063 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7065 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
7066 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
7068 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7069 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
7070 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7071 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
7072 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7074 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
7076 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7078 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7079 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
7081 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7082 /// non-type parameter.
7083 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7084 NamedDecl *Template,
7085 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7086 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7087 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7089 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
7090 /// template template parameter.
7091 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7092 NamedDecl *Template,
7093 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7094 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7095 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7097 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
7098 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
7099 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7100 TemplateDecl *Template,
7102 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7103 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7106 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
7109 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
7111 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
7112 /// recursive template instantiations.
7113 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
7115 /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this
7116 /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
7117 bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
7122 bool AlreadyInstantiating;
7123 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7124 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7125 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7127 InstantiatingTemplate(
7128 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
7129 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
7130 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
7131 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
7132 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
7134 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7136 InstantiatingTemplate&
7137 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7140 void PrintInstantiationStack();
7142 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
7143 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
7146 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
7147 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
7148 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
7149 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
7150 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
7152 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
7153 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
7154 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
7155 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
7156 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
7157 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
7160 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
7161 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
7165 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
7166 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7167 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7170 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
7171 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
7172 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
7173 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
7174 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
7176 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
7177 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
7178 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7182 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
7183 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
7184 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7185 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7188 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
7189 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
7190 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
7194 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
7195 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
7196 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
7197 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
7198 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
7200 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
7202 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7204 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
7205 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
7206 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
7207 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7209 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
7210 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7214 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
7216 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
7218 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
7220 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
7222 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
7223 unsigned TyposCorrected;
7225 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
7226 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
7228 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
7229 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
7230 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
7231 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
7233 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
7234 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
7235 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
7237 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
7239 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
7240 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
7241 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
7242 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
7243 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
7244 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
7245 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
7247 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7248 /// but have not yet been performed.
7249 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
7251 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
7253 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
7254 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
7255 if (!Enabled) return;
7257 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
7258 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
7261 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
7262 if (!Enabled) return;
7264 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
7265 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
7266 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
7267 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
7269 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
7270 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
7271 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
7272 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
7277 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
7278 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
7282 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7283 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
7285 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
7286 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
7287 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
7288 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
7289 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7291 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
7293 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
7294 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7295 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7298 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
7299 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
7300 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
7301 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7302 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7307 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
7308 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7311 /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
7312 class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
7313 SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
7314 bool HasInteresting = false;
7317 /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
7319 void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
7320 assert(Infos.size() <= index);
7321 Infos.resize(index);
7322 Infos.push_back(info);
7324 if (!HasInteresting)
7325 HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
7328 /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
7329 /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
7330 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
7331 getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
7332 if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
7333 Infos.resize(numParams);
7334 return Infos.data();
7338 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
7340 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7341 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7342 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7344 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
7345 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7346 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7348 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
7349 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7350 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7352 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7353 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7355 DeclarationName Entity,
7356 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
7357 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
7358 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7359 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7360 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
7361 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7362 int indexAdjustment,
7363 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
7364 bool ExpectParameterPack);
7365 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
7366 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
7367 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7368 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
7369 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
7370 ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
7371 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
7372 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7374 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
7375 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7377 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7379 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7380 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7382 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7384 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7386 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7387 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7388 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7389 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7391 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7392 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7394 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7395 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7397 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7398 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7399 bool CXXDirectInit);
7402 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7403 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7404 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7407 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7408 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7409 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7411 bool Complain = true);
7413 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7414 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7415 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7416 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7418 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7419 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7420 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7422 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7423 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7424 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7427 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7429 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7432 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7434 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7435 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7436 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7437 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7440 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7441 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7442 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7443 bool Complain = true);
7445 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7446 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7447 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7448 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7450 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7451 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7452 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7453 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7455 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7456 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7457 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7460 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7461 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7463 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7465 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7466 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7467 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7468 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7470 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7471 FunctionDecl *Function);
7472 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7473 FunctionDecl *Function,
7474 bool Recursive = false,
7475 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7476 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7477 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7478 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7479 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7480 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7481 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7482 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7483 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7484 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7485 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7486 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7487 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7489 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7490 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7491 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7493 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7494 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7495 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7496 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7497 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7498 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7499 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7500 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7501 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7502 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7503 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7505 bool Recursive = false,
7506 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7508 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7509 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7510 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7512 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7513 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7514 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7515 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7517 // Objective-C declarations.
7518 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7525 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7527 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7529 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7530 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7531 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7533 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7534 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7535 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7536 ParsedType typeBound);
7538 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7539 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7540 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7541 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7543 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7544 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7545 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7546 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7547 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7548 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7549 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7550 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7551 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7552 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7553 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7554 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7555 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7556 AttributeList *AttrList);
7558 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7559 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7560 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7561 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7562 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7563 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7564 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7565 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7566 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7568 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7569 SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
7570 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7571 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7573 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7574 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7575 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7576 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7578 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7579 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7580 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7581 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7583 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7584 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7585 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7586 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7587 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7588 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7589 AttributeList *AttrList);
7591 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7592 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7593 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7594 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7595 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7596 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7597 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7598 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7599 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7600 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7602 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7603 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7604 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7605 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7606 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7608 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7609 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7610 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7611 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7612 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7614 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7615 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7617 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7618 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7619 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7620 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7623 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7624 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7625 AttributeList *attrList);
7627 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7628 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7629 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7631 void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
7632 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7633 IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
7634 SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
7635 bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
7637 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7638 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7639 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7640 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7642 ParsedType baseType,
7643 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7644 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7645 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7646 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7647 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7648 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7649 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7650 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7651 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7652 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7653 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7655 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7656 /// base type was specified.
7657 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7658 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7659 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7660 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7661 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7663 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7664 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7667 ParsedType BaseType,
7668 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7669 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7670 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7671 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7672 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7673 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7674 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7676 /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
7677 QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
7678 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7679 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7680 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7681 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7682 bool FailOnError = false);
7684 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7685 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7687 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7688 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7689 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7690 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7691 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7692 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7693 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7694 bool FailOnError = false);
7696 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7698 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7700 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7701 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7702 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7703 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7705 unsigned &Attributes,
7706 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7708 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7709 /// setters and getters as needed.
7710 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7711 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7714 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7715 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7716 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7717 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7719 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7722 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7723 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7724 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7726 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7727 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7728 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7729 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7730 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7731 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7733 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7734 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7735 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7737 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7738 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7739 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
7740 ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
7742 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7748 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7751 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7752 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7753 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7754 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7757 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7759 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7760 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7763 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7765 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7766 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7767 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7768 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7769 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7770 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7771 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7772 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7773 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7774 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7775 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7777 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7778 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7780 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7783 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7784 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7787 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7789 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7790 DeclarationName MemberName,
7791 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7792 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7796 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7797 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7798 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7799 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7801 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7803 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7804 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7805 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7806 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7808 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7809 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7810 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7815 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7816 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7817 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7819 bool HasTrailingDot,
7820 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7822 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7824 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7825 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7826 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7829 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7830 QualType ReceiverType,
7831 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7833 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7834 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7835 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7836 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7838 bool isImplicit = false);
7840 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7841 bool isSuperReceiver,
7844 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7847 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7848 ParsedType Receiver,
7850 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7851 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7852 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7855 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7856 QualType ReceiverType,
7857 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7859 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7860 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7861 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7862 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7864 bool isImplicit = false);
7866 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7867 QualType ReceiverType,
7870 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7873 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7876 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7877 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7878 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7881 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7882 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7883 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7884 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7887 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7888 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7889 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7890 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7892 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7895 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7897 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7899 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7902 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7903 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7904 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7905 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7906 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7907 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7908 bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
7910 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7911 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7912 Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
7914 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
7915 bool Diagnose = true);
7917 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7919 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7920 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7921 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7922 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7924 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7925 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7931 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7932 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7933 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7935 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7936 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7937 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7938 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7939 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7940 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7941 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7944 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7945 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7946 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7948 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7949 void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7950 StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
7952 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7953 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7955 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7956 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7957 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
7960 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7961 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7962 /// representation]).
7963 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7964 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7965 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7967 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7968 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7969 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7970 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7972 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7979 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7981 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7982 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7984 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7986 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7987 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7988 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7989 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7990 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7991 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7993 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7994 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7995 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7997 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7998 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7999 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
8001 /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
8002 void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
8004 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
8005 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
8008 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
8009 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
8011 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8013 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
8014 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
8015 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8017 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
8018 SourceLocation Loc);
8019 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
8021 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
8022 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8023 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8024 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
8026 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
8027 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
8028 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8029 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8030 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8031 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8032 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8034 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
8035 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
8036 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
8037 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
8038 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
8039 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
8041 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
8042 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
8043 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
8045 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
8046 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
8047 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8049 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
8050 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
8052 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
8053 void FreePackedContext();
8055 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
8056 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
8057 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
8058 SourceLocation Loc);
8060 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
8061 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
8062 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
8064 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
8065 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
8066 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8068 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
8069 void FreeVisContext();
8071 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
8072 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
8073 /// the appropriate attribute.
8074 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
8076 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
8077 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
8079 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
8080 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
8081 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
8082 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
8085 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
8086 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
8087 /// with attribute optnone.
8088 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
8090 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
8091 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
8092 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
8093 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
8095 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
8096 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8097 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8098 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8099 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8101 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
8103 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
8104 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8106 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
8108 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8109 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8111 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
8113 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
8114 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8116 /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
8117 void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8118 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false);
8120 void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8121 ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8123 void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8124 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed,
8125 bool isTemplateInstantiation);
8127 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8128 // C++ Coroutines TS
8130 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8131 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8132 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8134 ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8135 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8136 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8138 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
8140 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8141 // OpenCL extensions.
8144 std::string CurrOpenCLExtension;
8145 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type.
8146 llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap;
8147 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration.
8148 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap;
8150 llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const {
8151 return CurrOpenCLExtension;
8153 void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) {
8154 CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext;
8157 /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these
8158 /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing.
8159 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8160 void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8162 /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be
8163 /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do
8165 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
8166 void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts);
8168 /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used
8169 /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is
8170 /// empty, do nothing.
8171 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T);
8173 /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which
8174 /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current
8175 /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing.
8176 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD);
8178 bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD);
8180 /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS
8181 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8182 /// emit diagnostics.
8183 /// \return true if type is disabled.
8184 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T);
8186 /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E
8187 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
8188 /// emit diagnostics.
8189 /// \return true if type is disabled.
8190 bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const Decl &D, const Expr &E);
8192 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8193 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8196 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
8197 /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region.
8198 bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false;
8199 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
8200 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
8201 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
8203 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
8204 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
8205 /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
8206 unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
8208 /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension
8209 /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled.
8210 /// \param D type or declaration to be checked.
8211 /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message.
8212 /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message.
8213 /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration.
8214 /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions.
8215 /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for
8217 /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled.
8218 template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT>
8219 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo,
8220 MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0,
8221 SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange());
8224 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
8226 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8228 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8230 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
8231 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
8233 VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D);
8234 ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
8235 ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
8237 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
8238 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8240 bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8242 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
8243 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8245 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8247 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8249 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
8250 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
8251 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
8252 SourceLocation Loc);
8253 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
8254 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
8255 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
8256 void EndOpenMPClause();
8257 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
8258 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
8260 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
8261 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
8262 /// private by default.
8263 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
8264 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
8266 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8267 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
8269 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
8270 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8271 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
8272 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
8273 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
8275 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8276 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
8277 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
8279 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8280 /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
8281 /// reduction' construct.
8282 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
8283 TypeResult ParsedType);
8284 /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8285 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
8286 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
8287 ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
8288 AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
8289 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8290 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8291 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8292 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
8293 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8294 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8295 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8296 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer);
8297 /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8298 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
8299 Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
8301 /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
8302 bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
8303 /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
8304 void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
8305 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
8306 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8307 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
8308 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
8309 NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
8310 /// Check declaration inside target region.
8311 void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D);
8312 /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
8313 bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
8314 return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext;
8317 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
8318 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
8319 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
8321 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
8322 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
8324 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
8325 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8326 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
8327 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8328 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8329 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8330 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
8331 /// of the associated statement.
8332 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8334 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8335 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8336 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
8337 /// of the associated statement.
8338 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
8339 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8340 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8341 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8342 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
8343 /// of the associated statement.
8344 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
8345 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8346 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8347 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8348 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
8349 /// of the associated statement.
8350 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
8351 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8352 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8353 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8354 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
8355 /// of the associated statement.
8356 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8357 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8358 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8359 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
8360 /// associated statement.
8361 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8362 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8363 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
8364 /// associated statement.
8365 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8366 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8367 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8368 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
8369 /// associated statement.
8370 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8371 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8372 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
8373 /// associated statement.
8374 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8375 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8376 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8377 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8378 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
8379 /// of the associated statement.
8380 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
8381 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8382 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8383 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8384 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
8385 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8386 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
8387 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8388 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8389 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8390 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
8391 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8392 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8394 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8395 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8396 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
8397 /// associated statement.
8398 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8399 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8400 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8401 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
8402 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8403 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8404 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
8405 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8406 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8407 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
8408 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8409 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8410 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
8411 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8412 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8413 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
8414 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8415 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8416 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8417 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
8418 /// associated statement.
8419 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8420 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8421 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8422 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
8423 /// associated statement.
8424 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8425 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8426 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8427 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
8428 /// associated statement.
8429 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8430 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8431 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8432 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
8433 /// the associated statement.
8434 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8435 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8436 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8437 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
8438 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8439 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8440 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8441 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8442 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
8443 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8444 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8445 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8446 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8447 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
8448 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8449 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8451 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8452 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8453 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
8454 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8455 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
8456 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8457 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8458 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8459 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
8460 /// associated statement.
8461 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8462 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8463 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8464 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
8466 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8467 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8468 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8469 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
8470 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8471 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8472 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8473 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8474 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
8475 /// associated statement.
8476 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
8477 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8478 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8479 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8480 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
8481 /// the associated statement.
8482 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
8483 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8484 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8485 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8486 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
8487 /// of the associated statement.
8488 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
8489 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8490 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8491 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8492 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
8493 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8494 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8495 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8496 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
8497 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8498 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
8499 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8500 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8501 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8502 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
8503 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8504 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8505 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8506 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8507 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8508 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
8509 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8510 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
8511 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8512 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8513 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8514 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
8515 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8516 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
8517 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8518 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8519 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8520 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
8521 /// the associated statement.
8522 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(
8523 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8524 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8525 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8526 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
8527 /// the associated statement.
8528 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
8529 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8530 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8531 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8532 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing
8533 /// of the associated statement.
8534 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
8535 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8536 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8537 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8538 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd'
8539 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8540 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8541 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8542 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8543 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8544 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for'
8545 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8546 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
8547 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8548 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8549 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8550 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the
8551 /// associated statement.
8552 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8554 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8555 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8556 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing
8557 /// of the associated statement.
8558 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
8559 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8560 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8561 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8562 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for'
8563 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8564 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
8565 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8566 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8567 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8568 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for
8569 /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement.
8570 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8571 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8572 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8573 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8574 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after
8575 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8576 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
8577 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8578 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8579 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8581 /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
8582 bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
8583 SourceLocation LinLoc);
8584 /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
8586 bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
8587 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type);
8589 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
8590 /// the associated method/function.
8591 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
8592 DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
8593 Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
8594 ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
8595 ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
8597 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8599 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8600 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8601 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8602 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
8603 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
8604 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8605 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8606 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
8607 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8608 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8609 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
8610 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8611 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8612 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8613 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
8614 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
8615 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8616 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8617 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8618 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
8619 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
8620 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8621 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8622 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8623 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8624 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8625 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8626 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8627 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8628 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8629 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8630 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8631 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8632 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8634 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8635 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8636 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8637 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8638 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8639 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8640 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8641 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8642 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8643 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8644 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8645 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8646 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8647 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8648 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8650 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8652 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8653 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8654 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8655 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8656 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8657 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8658 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8659 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8660 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8661 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8662 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8663 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8664 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8665 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8666 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8667 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8669 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
8670 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
8671 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8672 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8673 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8674 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8675 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
8676 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
8677 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8678 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
8679 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8681 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8682 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8683 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8684 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8685 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8686 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8687 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8688 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8689 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8690 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8691 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8692 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8693 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8694 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8695 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8696 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8697 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8698 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8699 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8700 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8701 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8702 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8703 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8704 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8705 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8706 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8707 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8708 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8709 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8710 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8711 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8712 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8713 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8714 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8715 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8717 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8718 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8719 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8720 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8721 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8722 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8723 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8724 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8725 SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8726 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8727 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8728 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8729 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8730 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8731 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8732 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8733 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8734 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8735 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8736 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8737 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8738 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8739 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8740 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8741 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8742 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8743 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8744 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8745 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8746 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8747 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
8748 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8749 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8750 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8751 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
8752 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
8753 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8755 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8756 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8757 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8758 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8759 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8760 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8762 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8763 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8764 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8765 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8766 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8767 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8768 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8769 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8770 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8771 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8772 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8773 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8774 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8775 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8776 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8777 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8778 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8779 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8780 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8781 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8783 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8784 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8785 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8786 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8787 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8788 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8789 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8790 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8791 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8793 ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8794 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8795 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8796 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8797 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8798 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8799 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8800 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8801 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8802 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8803 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8804 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8805 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8806 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8807 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8808 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8809 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8810 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8811 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
8812 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
8813 OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
8814 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
8815 SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8816 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
8817 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
8818 OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
8819 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
8820 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8821 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
8822 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8823 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8824 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8825 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8826 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
8827 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8828 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8829 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8830 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8831 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
8832 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8833 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8834 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8835 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8836 /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
8837 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8838 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8839 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8840 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8842 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8843 enum CheckedConversionKind {
8844 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8845 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8846 /// \brief A C-style cast.
8848 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8850 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8854 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8855 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8856 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
8857 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
8858 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
8859 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
8860 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8861 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8863 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
8864 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
8865 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
8867 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
8868 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
8870 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
8872 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
8873 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8874 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8876 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
8877 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
8878 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8880 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
8881 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8882 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
8884 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
8885 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
8886 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
8887 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
8888 bool Diagnose = true);
8890 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
8891 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
8892 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
8894 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
8896 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
8897 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
8898 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
8899 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
8901 /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
8902 /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
8903 /// we don't have xvalues there.
8904 ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
8906 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
8907 enum VariadicCallType {
8911 VariadicConstructor,
8912 VariadicDoesNotApply
8915 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8916 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8919 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
8929 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
8930 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
8932 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
8933 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
8934 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
8936 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
8937 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
8939 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
8940 /// form of call prototypes.
8941 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8942 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8943 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8944 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
8945 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
8946 bool AllowExplicit = false,
8947 bool IsListInitialization = false);
8949 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
8950 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
8951 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
8952 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
8954 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
8955 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
8956 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
8957 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
8958 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
8959 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8960 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8962 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
8963 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
8964 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
8965 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
8966 /// source and destination type.
8967 enum AssignConvertType {
8968 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
8971 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
8972 /// accept as an extension.
8975 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
8976 /// accept as an extension.
8979 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
8980 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
8981 FunctionVoidPointer,
8983 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
8984 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
8985 IncompatiblePointer,
8987 /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
8988 /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
8989 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
8990 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
8991 IncompatiblePointerSign,
8993 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
8994 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
8995 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8997 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
8998 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
8999 /// like address spaces.
9000 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
9002 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
9003 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
9004 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
9006 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
9008 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
9009 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
9010 IncompatibleVectors,
9012 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
9013 /// pointer. We disallow this.
9016 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
9017 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
9018 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
9020 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
9021 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
9022 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
9023 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
9025 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
9026 /// object with __weak qualifier.
9027 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
9029 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
9030 /// represent it in the AST.
9034 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
9035 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
9036 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
9037 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
9039 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9040 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
9041 bool *Complained = nullptr);
9043 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
9044 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
9045 /// value, to be used as a mask.
9046 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
9047 bool AllowMask) const;
9049 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
9050 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
9051 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
9054 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
9055 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
9057 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
9061 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
9062 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
9064 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
9067 bool ConvertRHS = true);
9069 /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
9071 /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
9072 /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
9073 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
9074 /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
9075 /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
9076 /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
9077 /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
9078 /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
9079 /// for ARC retain issues.
9080 /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
9081 /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
9082 /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
9083 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
9084 QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
9085 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
9087 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
9088 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
9089 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
9092 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9094 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
9096 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9097 AssignmentAction Action,
9098 bool AllowExplicit = false);
9099 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9100 AssignmentAction Action,
9102 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
9103 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9104 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
9105 AssignmentAction Action,
9106 CheckedConversionKind CCK
9107 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9108 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
9109 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
9110 AssignmentAction Action,
9111 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
9113 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
9114 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
9116 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
9117 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9119 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
9120 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
9121 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
9122 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9123 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9125 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
9126 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9127 bool IsCompAssign = false);
9128 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9129 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9130 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9131 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
9132 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9133 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
9134 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
9135 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9136 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
9137 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
9138 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9139 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
9140 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
9141 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9142 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9143 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
9144 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9145 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
9146 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
9147 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
9148 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
9149 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
9150 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
9152 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9153 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
9154 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9155 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
9156 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9157 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
9158 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
9160 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
9161 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9162 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9163 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
9164 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
9165 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
9166 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
9167 bool ConvertArgs = true);
9168 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
9169 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
9170 bool ConvertArgs = true) {
9171 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
9172 QualType Composite =
9173 FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
9179 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9180 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9182 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9183 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
9185 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9186 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
9187 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
9189 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
9190 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9191 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
9192 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
9193 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
9194 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9195 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
9196 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9197 SourceLocation Loc);
9199 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9200 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
9202 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
9203 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
9205 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
9207 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
9208 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
9209 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
9210 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
9211 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
9212 /// reference binding is not possible.
9213 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
9214 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
9215 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
9216 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
9218 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
9222 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
9223 QualType T1, QualType T2,
9224 bool &DerivedToBase,
9225 bool &ObjCConversion,
9226 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
9228 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
9229 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
9230 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
9232 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
9234 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
9236 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
9237 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
9238 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
9239 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
9241 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
9242 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9243 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
9244 // returns true if the cast is invalid
9245 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
9248 /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
9249 /// implicit casts if necessary.
9250 ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
9252 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
9253 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9254 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
9255 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
9256 // returns the cast expr
9257 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
9260 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9261 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9263 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9265 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
9267 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
9268 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
9269 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
9270 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
9271 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
9272 bool Diagnose = true,
9273 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
9274 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
9277 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9278 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9280 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
9283 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
9284 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
9285 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
9286 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
9287 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
9289 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9290 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
9291 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
9293 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9294 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
9295 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9297 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
9298 /// \param Method - May be null.
9299 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
9300 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
9301 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
9302 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
9303 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9304 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
9305 bool isSuperMessage,
9306 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
9307 SourceRange RecRange,
9308 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
9310 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
9311 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
9312 /// and the form of the message send.
9313 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
9314 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9315 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
9317 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
9318 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
9319 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
9321 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
9322 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
9323 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
9324 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
9326 class ConditionResult {
9328 FullExprArg Condition;
9334 ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
9336 : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
9337 HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
9338 !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
9339 KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
9340 !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
9341 explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
9342 : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
9343 HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
9346 ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
9347 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
9348 std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
9349 return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
9352 llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
9358 static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
9360 enum class ConditionKind {
9361 Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
9362 ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
9363 Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
9366 ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9367 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
9369 ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
9370 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9373 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
9375 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
9376 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9378 ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
9380 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
9381 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
9382 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
9383 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
9385 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
9387 /// \return true iff there were any errors
9388 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
9389 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9391 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
9392 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
9393 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
9395 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9396 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9397 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
9399 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
9400 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
9402 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
9403 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
9404 /// the specified diagnostic.
9405 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
9406 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
9407 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9409 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
9410 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
9411 /// in the global scope.
9412 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
9414 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
9415 /// expression violations.
9416 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
9420 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
9422 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
9423 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
9424 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
9427 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
9428 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
9429 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
9430 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9431 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
9432 bool AllowFold = true);
9433 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9435 bool AllowFold = true);
9436 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
9437 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
9439 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
9440 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
9441 /// Returns false on success.
9442 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
9443 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9444 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
9445 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
9448 unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
9451 /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9452 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater
9453 /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
9454 void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
9456 /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9457 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0
9458 /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
9459 bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
9461 /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
9462 /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
9463 /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
9464 llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9465 std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
9468 /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the
9469 /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed.
9470 struct FunctionDeclAndLoc {
9471 CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD;
9475 /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
9476 /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the
9477 /// same deferred diag twice.
9478 llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
9480 /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their
9481 /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call).
9483 /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this
9485 llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9486 /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc>
9487 CUDAKnownEmittedFns;
9489 /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support
9490 /// deferred diagnostics.
9492 /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are
9493 /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is
9494 /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this
9495 /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns.
9496 llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9497 /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
9501 /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred.
9503 /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
9504 /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
9505 /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
9506 /// function is never codegen'ed.
9508 /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
9509 /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
9511 /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
9512 /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
9513 /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
9514 /// deferred" diagnostics.
9515 class CUDADiagBuilder {
9518 /// Emit no diagnostics.
9520 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
9522 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also
9523 /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a
9524 /// priori known-emitted function.
9525 K_ImmediateWithCallStack,
9526 /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
9527 /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with
9528 /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack.
9532 CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
9533 FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
9536 /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
9537 /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
9541 /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
9542 /// return ExprError();
9544 /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
9545 /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself.
9546 operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); }
9548 template <typename T>
9549 friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag,
9551 if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
9552 *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value;
9553 else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue())
9554 *Diag.PartialDiag << Value;
9565 // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
9566 // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
9567 llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag;
9568 llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag;
9571 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9572 /// is "used as device code".
9574 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics.
9575 /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
9576 /// diagnostics immediately.
9577 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
9578 /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
9579 /// that the function will be codegen'ed.
9583 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
9584 /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
9585 /// return ExprError();
9586 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
9587 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9589 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9590 /// is "used as host code".
9592 /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
9593 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9595 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
9603 /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
9606 /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
9607 /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
9608 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
9609 bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false);
9610 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr);
9612 /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
9613 CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
9614 return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
9617 // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
9619 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
9620 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
9621 CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9622 // function that do not match current compilation
9624 CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
9625 CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9626 // function matching current compilation mode.
9627 CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
9630 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
9631 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
9632 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
9633 /// nullptr in case of global context.
9634 /// \param Callee target function
9636 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
9637 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9638 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
9640 /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
9641 /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed.
9643 /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in
9644 /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
9645 bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9646 const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
9647 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
9650 /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
9651 /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
9652 void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
9653 const LookupResult &Previous);
9656 /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
9658 /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
9659 /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
9661 /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
9662 /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
9663 /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
9665 /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
9666 /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
9667 /// deferred errors.
9669 /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
9670 bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
9672 /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
9673 /// operator() method.
9675 /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit
9676 /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__
9677 /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves.
9678 void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
9680 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
9681 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
9682 /// calling priority.
9683 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
9684 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9685 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
9687 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
9688 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
9689 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
9690 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
9691 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
9692 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
9694 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
9695 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
9696 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
9697 /// the member declaration.
9698 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
9699 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
9700 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
9704 /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
9705 /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
9706 bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
9707 bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
9709 /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits
9710 /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not.
9711 void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9712 const LookupResult &Previous);
9713 /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD.
9714 void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD);
9716 /// \name Code completion
9718 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
9719 enum ParserCompletionContext {
9720 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
9722 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
9724 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
9727 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
9728 /// category implementation
9729 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
9730 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
9731 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
9732 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
9733 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9736 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9737 /// headers within a class.
9739 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
9741 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
9742 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
9744 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
9745 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
9747 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
9748 /// while, switch, or for statement.
9750 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
9751 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
9753 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
9754 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
9756 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
9757 /// might also be a type cast.
9758 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
9759 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
9760 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
9761 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
9764 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
9765 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
9766 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
9767 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
9768 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
9769 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
9771 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
9772 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
9773 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
9774 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
9775 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
9776 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
9777 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
9778 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
9779 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
9780 void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
9781 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
9782 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9783 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
9784 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9785 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
9786 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
9787 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
9788 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
9790 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9791 bool EnteringContext);
9792 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
9793 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
9794 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
9795 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
9796 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
9797 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
9799 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
9801 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
9802 bool AfterAmpersand);
9804 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
9805 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
9806 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
9807 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
9808 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
9809 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
9810 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
9811 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
9813 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
9814 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9815 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9816 bool AtArgumentExpression);
9817 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
9818 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9819 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9820 bool IsSuper = false);
9821 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
9822 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9823 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9824 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
9825 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
9826 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
9827 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
9828 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9829 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
9830 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
9831 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
9832 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
9833 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
9834 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9835 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9836 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
9837 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
9838 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9839 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9840 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
9841 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9842 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9843 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
9844 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
9845 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
9846 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
9847 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9848 ParsedType ReturnType);
9849 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
9850 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9851 bool AtParameterName,
9852 ParsedType ReturnType,
9853 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9854 void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
9855 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
9856 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
9857 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
9858 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
9859 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
9860 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
9861 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
9862 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
9863 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
9865 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
9866 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
9867 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
9868 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
9871 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9872 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
9875 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
9876 unsigned ByteNo) const;
9879 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
9880 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
9881 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
9882 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
9883 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
9884 // FunctionDeclaration.
9885 struct FormatStringInfo {
9887 unsigned FirstDataArg;
9891 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
9892 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
9893 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
9894 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9895 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
9896 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
9897 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
9898 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9899 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9900 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9901 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9902 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9903 SourceLocation Loc);
9905 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9906 const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9907 bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9908 VariadicCallType CallType);
9910 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
9911 ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
9913 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9914 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9916 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9918 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9919 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9921 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9922 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9923 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9924 bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9925 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9926 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9928 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall);
9929 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
9930 bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
9931 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
9932 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
9933 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
9934 bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
9937 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
9938 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
9939 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9940 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9941 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9944 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
9945 bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
9946 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
9947 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
9948 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9949 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9950 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9951 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9952 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
9953 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
9954 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9955 llvm::APSInt &Result);
9956 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9958 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9960 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9961 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
9964 enum FormatStringType {
9976 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
9978 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
9980 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
9983 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
9984 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9986 VariadicCallType CallType,
9987 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9988 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9989 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9990 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
9991 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
9992 VariadicCallType CallType,
9993 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
9994 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9996 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
9997 const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
9999 void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
10001 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10003 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10005 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10006 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10008 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
10009 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
10011 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
10012 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
10013 bool isObjCMethod = false,
10014 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
10015 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
10017 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
10018 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
10019 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
10020 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
10021 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
10023 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
10024 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
10025 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
10026 bool IsConstexpr = false);
10028 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
10031 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
10032 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
10033 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
10035 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
10036 /// attempts to add itself into the container
10037 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
10039 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
10040 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
10041 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
10043 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
10044 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10045 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
10046 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
10048 struct TypeTagData {
10051 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
10052 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
10053 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
10058 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
10059 /// layout-compatibility.
10060 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
10061 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
10064 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
10065 /// identifies the magic value.
10066 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
10069 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
10070 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
10071 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
10073 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
10074 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
10075 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
10076 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
10078 /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
10079 /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
10080 void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
10082 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
10084 /// The parser maintains this state here.
10087 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
10088 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
10090 /// Nullability type specifiers.
10091 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
10092 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
10093 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
10095 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
10098 friend class Parser;
10099 friend class InitializationSequence;
10100 friend class ASTReader;
10101 friend class ASTDeclReader;
10102 friend class ASTWriter;
10105 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
10106 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
10108 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
10109 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
10111 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
10112 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
10114 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
10116 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
10117 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
10118 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
10119 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
10120 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
10121 /// template substitution or instantiation.
10122 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
10124 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
10125 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
10128 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
10129 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
10131 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
10133 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
10134 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
10137 /// \brief The diagnostic we should emit for \c D, or \c AR_Available.
10139 /// \param D The declaration to check. Note that this may be altered to point
10140 /// to another declaration that \c D gets it's availability from. i.e., we
10141 /// walk the list of typedefs to find an availability attribute.
10143 /// \param Message If non-null, this will be populated with the message from
10144 /// the availability attribute that is selected.
10145 AvailabilityResult ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *&D,
10146 std::string *Message);
10148 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
10149 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
10150 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
10151 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
10152 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
10156 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
10157 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
10158 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
10159 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
10160 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
10161 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
10162 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
10163 return NumArgs > NumParams;
10166 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
10167 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
10168 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
10171 /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
10172 /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
10173 struct MisalignedMember {
10177 CharUnits Alignment;
10179 MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
10180 MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10181 CharUnits Alignment)
10182 : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
10183 explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
10184 : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
10186 bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
10188 /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
10189 /// due to the packed attribute.
10190 SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
10192 /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
10193 void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
10194 CharUnits Alignment);
10197 /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
10198 /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
10200 void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10202 /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
10203 /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
10204 /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
10205 /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
10207 void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
10209 /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
10210 /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
10211 /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
10212 void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
10214 llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
10218 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
10219 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
10221 bool Entered = true;
10224 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
10225 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10226 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
10227 bool IsDecltype = false,
10228 bool ShouldEnter = true)
10229 : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
10231 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
10234 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
10235 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10236 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
10237 bool IsDecltype = false)
10238 : Actions(Actions) {
10239 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
10240 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
10244 enum InitListTag { InitList };
10245 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag,
10246 bool ShouldEnter = true)
10247 : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) {
10248 // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of
10249 // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands.
10250 // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such
10252 if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() &&
10253 Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10254 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::UnevaluatedList, nullptr,
10260 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
10262 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10266 DeductionFailureInfo
10267 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
10268 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
10270 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
10271 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
10272 struct LateParsedTemplate {
10274 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
10278 } // end namespace clang
10281 // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its
10283 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> {
10284 using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc;
10285 using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>;
10287 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() {
10288 return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10291 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() {
10292 return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
10295 static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) {
10296 return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD),
10297 FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding());
10300 static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS,
10301 const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) {
10302 return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc;
10305 } // namespace llvm